WO2024258399A1 - Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting - Google Patents

Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024258399A1
WO2024258399A1 PCT/US2023/025163 US2023025163W WO2024258399A1 WO 2024258399 A1 WO2024258399 A1 WO 2024258399A1 US 2023025163 W US2023025163 W US 2023025163W WO 2024258399 A1 WO2024258399 A1 WO 2024258399A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
pharmaceutically acceptable
acceptable salt
substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2023/025163
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Maria GACZYNSKA
Pawel A. OSMULSKI
Jetze Tepe
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to PCT/US2023/025163 priority Critical patent/WO2024258399A1/en
Publication of WO2024258399A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024258399A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals

Definitions

  • Muscle wasting also known as muscle atrophy, can be observed in various diesases (e.g, cancer, diabetes, heart failure, chronic kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) and acute critical illnesses (e.g, bums, sepsis, trauma) (Cohen et al. (2015) Nature Reviews: Drug Discover 14: 58-74).
  • diesases e.g, cancer, diabetes, heart failure, chronic kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • acute critical illnesses e.g, bums, sepsis, trauma
  • a serious bum injury there can be increased protein degradation that is not counterbalanced by protein synthesis, leading to systemic muscle loss and weakness (Clark et al. (2020) Journal of Burn Care & Research 41(1): 33-40).
  • Such effects are common amongst bum patients and negatively effect the hospital course and recovery, resulting in an increased risk of infection and impaired wound healing. Id.
  • muscle wasting can also be observed without any overt disease (e.g., sarcopenia) (Cohen et al. (2015) Nature Reviews: Drug Discover 14: 58-74).
  • Sarcopenia is the age-related progressive loss of muscle mass and strength. Signs and symptoms of sarcopenia include weakness, fatigue, loss of energy, balance problems, and trouble walking and standing. For older patients, this muscle loss or weakness can lead to falls, broken bones, and other serious injuries that can effect a person's ability to care for oneself.
  • Optimal care for people with sarcopenia is essential because the condition has high personal, social, and economic burdens when untreated (Mijnarends et al. (2016) J Nutr Health Aging 22: 766- 73).
  • Another form of muscle wasting is cachexia, a highly debilitating condition characterized by pronounced weight loss, muscle weakness, anemia, insulin resistance, and extreme fatigue (Morley et al. (2006) Am J Clin Nutr 83: 735-43).
  • This disease syndrome is tightly associated with cancer and other chronic diseases such as AIDS, heart failure, and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • AIDS HIV
  • heart failure a chronic disease characterized by AIDS
  • inflammatory bowel disease characterized by AIDS, heart failure, and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • >50% of patients exhibit cachectic symptoms, and remarkably ⁇ 20% of cancer-related mortalities derive from cachexia rather than direct tumor burden (Tisdale, MJ (2002) Nat Rev Cancer 2: 862-71).
  • This wasting condition also lowers responsiveness to chemotherapy and radiotherapy, contributing to poor prognosis and a depreciating quality of life.
  • TNFa tumor necrosis factor a
  • IL interleukin
  • IFNy interleukin-l
  • IL- 6 tumor-specific factors
  • PEF glycoprotein proteolysis-inducing factor
  • myosin heavy chain is a preferred substrate that can be inhibited at the RNA level or degraded through a ubiquitin-associated proteolytic process (Archaryya et al. (2004) J Clin Invest 114: 370-8).
  • ubiquitin-associated proteolytic process
  • DGC dystrophin glycoprotein complex
  • the invention in one aspect, relates to compounds useful in treating or preventing muscle wasting such as, for example, muscle wasting due to human immunodeficiency vims (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, congestive heart failure (CHF), cancer, a limb injury, and immobilization.
  • HCV human immunodeficiency vims
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • multiple sclerosis cystic fibrosis
  • rheumatoid arthritis advanced dementia
  • cachexia congestive heart failure
  • cancer a limb injury, and immobilization.
  • n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl
  • Also disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having a cancer the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-; wherein R 1 is selected from CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl
  • Also disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having cancer the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer, and wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • kits comprising a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3
  • FIG. 1 shows a representative schematic of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway.
  • FIG. 2 shows a representative schematic of the modulation of the proteasome in the presence of the disclosed small molecule modulators.
  • FIG. 3 shows representative data illustrating the myotube morphology.
  • FIG. 4 shows a represntiative graphical presentation of the myotube morphology.
  • FIG. 5 shows representative data illustrating the cellular atomic force microscopy of the cell surface topography.
  • FIG. 6 shows a representative graphical presentation of the cell surface isotropy.
  • FIG. 7 shows a representative principal component analysis of the AFM-assessed mechanical paramerts of model myotubes.
  • FIG. 8 shows representative data illustrating 26S activity in lysates.
  • FIG. 9 shows representative data illustrating the levels of autophagy related protein 7 (ATG7) in lysates.
  • FIG. 10 shows representative H&E stained tissues slices of quadriceps muscle in tumor-bearing mice.
  • FIG. 11 shows representative data illustrating the frequency analysis of diameters of myofibers from tumor-bearing mice.
  • FIG. 12 shows a representative crystal structure illustrating that compounds Bl and C3 modulate interactions between subunits within the a ring and connections between the a and P subunits (10A proximity, top view shown).
  • FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B show representative crystal structures illustrating an overlay of top poses of compound nos. Bl and C3. 10A proximity, top (FIG. 13A) and side (FIG.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
  • the terms “about” and “at or about” mean that the amount or value in question can be the value designated some other value approximately or about the same. It is generally understood, as used herein, that it is the nominal value indicated ⁇ 10% variation unless otherwise indicated or inferred. The term is intended to convey that similar values promote equivalent results or effects recited in the claims. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but can be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors know n to those of skill in the art.
  • an amount, size, formulation, parameter or other quantity or characteristic is “about” or “approximate” whether or not expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where “about” is used before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes the specific quantitative value itself, unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • references in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed.
  • X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
  • a weight percent (wt. %) of a component is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • muscle wasting and “muscle atrophy” mean a weakening, shrinking, and/or loss of muscle caused by disease or lack of use that decreases strength and the ability to move.
  • muscle wasting can be due to a disease (e.g., cancer, diabetes, heart failure, chronic kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) or due to acute critical illnesses (e.g., bums, sepsis, trauma).
  • muscle wasting can also be observed without any overt disease (e.g., sarcopema).
  • Cachexia and “muscle cachexia” refers to a type of muscle wasting due to a complex metabolic syndrome associated with underlying illness such as, for example, cancer, AIDS, and other chronic diseases. Cachexia can be further characterized by a debilitating loss in muscle mass and function, which ultimately deteriorates the patients’ quality of life and dampens therapeutic treatment efficacy.
  • the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian.
  • the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.
  • the term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
  • the subject is a mammal.
  • a patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
  • patient includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • treatment refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., ahuman), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease.
  • the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human.
  • subject also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc ).
  • domesticated animals e.g., cats, dogs, etc.
  • livestock e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.
  • laboratory animals e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc .
  • the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
  • the term “diagnosed” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein.
  • administering refers to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent.
  • a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition.
  • a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition.
  • a ⁇ 'therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.
  • compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
  • the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
  • a preparation can be administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • dosage form means a pharmacologically active material in a medium, carrier, vehicle, or device suitable for administration to a subject.
  • a dosage form can comprise a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, such as a preservative, buffer, saline, or phosphate buffered saline.
  • Dosage forms can be made using conventional pharmaceutical manufacturing and compounding techniques.
  • Dosage forms can comprise inorganic or organic buffers (e.g., sodium or potassium salts of phosphate, carbonate, acetate, or citrate) and pH adjustment agents (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sodium or potassium hydroxide, salts of citrate or acetate, amino acids and their salts) antioxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol), surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poly oxy ethylene9-10 nonyl phenol, sodium desoxy cholate), solution and/or cryo/lyo stabilizers (e.g., sucrose, lactose, mannitol, trehalose), osmotic adjustment agents (e.g., salts or sugars), antibacterial agents (e.g., benzoic acid, phenol, gentamicin), antifoaming agents (e.g., polydimethylsilozone), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal
  • kit means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation.
  • instruction(s) means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
  • therapeutic agent include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action.
  • the term therefore encompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like.
  • therapeutic agents include, without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of a disease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function of the body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a physiological environment.
  • the term “therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, an
  • the agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas.
  • therapeutic agent also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro- drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e. , without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
  • the term “derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds.
  • exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
  • suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of stenle solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use.
  • Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
  • the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
  • Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below.
  • the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
  • the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
  • substitution or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
  • a 1 ,” “A 2 ,” “A 3 ,” and “A 4 " are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
  • aliphatic or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherw ise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl )alkyl. (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • alkyl as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, o-butyl, isobutyl, s- butyl, /-butyl, w-pentyl. isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic.
  • the alkyl group can be branched or unbranched.
  • the alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • a “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group can also be a Cl alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, Cl -CIO alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.
  • alkyl is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
  • halogenated alkyl or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • the term “monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • polyhaloalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon.
  • alkoxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below.
  • aminoalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups.
  • hydroxyalkyd specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
  • alkyl is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alky l” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyd moieties
  • the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.”
  • a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy”
  • a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g, an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like.
  • the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.
  • cycloalky l as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -NH2, (C1-C4) alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -NO2, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
  • polyalkylene group as used herein is a group having two or more CH 2 groups linked to one another.
  • the polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula — (CH 2 ) a — , where “a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
  • Alkoxy also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a poly ether such as — OA 1 — OA 2 or — OA 1 — (OA 2 ) a — OA 3 , where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
  • alkenyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described here
  • Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbomenyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkenyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldeyhyde, -NH2, (Cl- C4) alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, ketone, azide, -NO2, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
  • alkynyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • the alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • cycloalky nyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound.
  • cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkynyl is a ty pe of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • aromatic group refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized n electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the n clouds contain (4n+2) n electrons.
  • aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference.
  • aromatic group is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.
  • aryl as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like.
  • the aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, —NEE, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, —NEE, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol
  • biasryl is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.”
  • the ary l group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carboncarbon bond.
  • biaryl can be two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
  • amine or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula — NAW, where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • a specific example of amino is — NFE.
  • alkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula — NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
  • dialkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula — N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, dnsopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N- ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
  • carboxylic acid as used herein is represented by the formula — C(O)OH.
  • esteer as used herein is represented by the formula — OC(O)A 1 or — C(O)OA 1 , where A 1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaiyl group as described herein.
  • polyester as used herein is represented by the formula — (A 1 O(O)C-A 2 -C(O)O) a — or — (A 1 O(O)C-A 2 -OC(O)) a — , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
  • ether as used herein is represented by the formula A'OA 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
  • polyether as used herein is represented by the formula — (A 1 0-A 2 0) a — , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500.
  • Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
  • halo halogen
  • halide halogen
  • pseudohalide pseudohalogen
  • pseudohalo pseudohalogen
  • pseudohalo pseudohalo
  • functional groups include, by way of example, cyano, thiocyanate, azido, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyd group containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, 0, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quatemized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group.
  • heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions.
  • the heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, JV-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo ⁇ d ⁇ oxazolyl, benzo
  • quinolinyl quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[l,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][l,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][ 1,2, 5] oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
  • Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2, 5 -oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2, 5 -thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine,
  • heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2- C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl.
  • a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like.
  • a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.
  • bicyclic heterocycle or “bicyclic heterocyclyl,” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
  • Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring.
  • Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms.
  • Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- chromenyl, lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H- pyrazolo[3 ,2-b] pyri din-3 -yl.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered nng system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems.
  • the heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazohdinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuiyl.
  • hydroxy or “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula — OH.
  • ketone as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 C(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • nitrile or “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula — CN or — ON.
  • sil as used herein is represented by the formula — SiA 1 A 2 A 3 , where A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • sulfo-oxo is represented by the formulas — S(O)A 1 , — S(O)2A J , — OSfP ⁇ A 1 , or — OS(O)2OA 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • sulfonyl is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula — S(O)2 A 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaiyl group as described herein.
  • a 1 S(O)2A 2 is represented by the formula A 1 S(O)2A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • sulfoxide as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 S(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • R 1 ,” “R 2 ,” “R 3 ,” “R n ,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above.
  • R 1 is a straight chain alkyl group
  • one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like.
  • a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group.
  • an alkyl group comprising an amino group the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
  • the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group.
  • the nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
  • compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogen of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
  • an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
  • individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
  • stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detect on, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R° are independently halogen, - (CH 2 )O 2 R*, -(haloR'), -(CH 2 ) 0 2 OH, -(CH 2 ) O 2 OR', -(CH 2 ) O 2 CH(OR') 2 ; -O(haloR'), -CN, -N 3 , -(CH 2 )O 2 C(O)R*, -(CH 2 )O 2 C(O)OH, -(CH 2 )O 2 C(O)OR*, -(CH 2 )O 2 SR*, -(CH 2 )O 2 SH.
  • each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from Ci ⁇ t aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R* is selected from hy drogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: -O(CR* 2 ) 2 3O-.
  • R* is selected from hy drogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -
  • R' -(haloR*), -OH, -OR', -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR', -NH 2 , -NHR', -NR' 2 , or -NO 2 , wherein each R' is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include -R 1 ', -NR1 2 , -C(O)Rt, -C(O)OR?, -C(O)C(O)Rt, -C(O)CH 2 C(O)Rt, - S(O) 2 R t , -S(O) 2 NRt 2 , -C(S)NR 1 ' 2 , -C(NH)NR* 2 , or -N(Rt)S(O) 2 R t ; wherein each Rt is independently hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R'. taken together with their intervening
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R' are independently halogen, - R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR*), -CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -NR* 2 , or -NO 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci-4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • leaving group refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons.
  • suitable leaving groups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limited to, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.
  • hydrolysable group and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions.
  • hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
  • organic residue defines a carbon containing residue, z.e., a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove.
  • Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc.
  • Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared.
  • a 2,4-thiazolidinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure: regardless of whether thiazolidinedione is used to prepare the compound.
  • the radical for example an alkyl
  • the number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
  • Organic radicals contain one or more carbon atoms.
  • An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms.
  • Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical.
  • an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2- naphthyl radical.
  • an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like.
  • organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, disubstituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein.
  • organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.
  • Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together.
  • examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals.
  • the inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical.
  • Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
  • a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture.
  • Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
  • the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included.
  • stereoisomers For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
  • Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*).
  • bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula.
  • bonds to the chiral carbon when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane).
  • the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
  • Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance.
  • the disclosed compounds can be isotopically- labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention.
  • Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent.
  • the compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate.
  • the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate.
  • the compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution.
  • one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates.
  • the invention includes all such possible solvates.
  • co-crystal means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction.
  • One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline lattice.
  • the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lathee as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaceutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al., The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004.
  • Examples of co-crystals include p- toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
  • ketones with an a-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
  • amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form.
  • pyrazoles can exist in two tautomeric forms, N l - unsubstituted, 3-A 3 and A 1 -unsubstituted, 5-A 3 as shown below.
  • the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
  • polymorphic forms or modifications It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications.
  • the different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
  • a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula: which is understood to be equivalent to a formula: wherein n is typically an integer. That is, R" is understood to represent five independent substituents, R n(a) , R n(b) . R n(c) , R n(d) , R n(e) .
  • independent substituents it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R" (a) is halogen, then R n(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
  • Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosed herein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized using techniques generally known to those of skill in the art.
  • the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosed compounds and compositions are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Acros Organics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St.
  • compositions of the invention Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary.
  • compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result.
  • a compound useful in treating or preventing muscle wasting such as, for example, muscle wasting due to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, congestive heart failure (CHF), cancer, a limb injury, or immobilization.
  • HAV human immunodeficiency virus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • multiple sclerosis cystic fibrosis
  • rheumatoid arthritis advanced dementia
  • cachexia congestive heart failure
  • cancer a limb injury, or immobilization.
  • the disclosed compounds can be prepared by methods known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. 9,918,968, 10,167,259, 11,020,383, and 11,345,659.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of disorders associated with the proteasome, as further described herein.
  • the disclosed compounds exhibit allosteric regulation of the proteasome.
  • each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -O- and -C(O)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalky
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • At least one of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • each of R 2b , R 2c , and R 2d is methoxy.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO 2 , -OH, C
  • the compound has a structure selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula. or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: wherein each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, “NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: wherein each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof [00158] In a further aspect, the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • n is 1 or 2. In a further aspect, n is 1. In a still further asoect, n is 2.
  • m is 1, 2, or 3. In a further aspect, m is 1 or 2. In a still further aspect, m is 2 or 3. In yet a further aspect, m is 1 or 3. In an even further aspect, m is 1. In a still further aspect, m is 2. In yet a further aspect, m is 3.
  • q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3. In a further aspect, q, when present, is 1 or 2. In a still further aspect, q, when present, is 2 or 3. In yet a further aspect, q, when present, is 1 or 3. In an even further aspect, q, when present, is 1. In a still further aspect, q, when present, is 2. In yet a further aspect, q, when present, is 3. a.
  • A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-. In a further aspect, A is - O-. In a still further aspect, A is -C(O)-. b. R 1 GROUPS
  • R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , Cy 1 , and C2-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , - CO2H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is unsubstituted C1-C8 acyclic alkyl.
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , - CO2H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 2 or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1 or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, - NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, - CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 and Cy 1 .
  • R 1 is (CH 2 ) q Cy f
  • R 1 is Cy 1 .
  • R 1 is selected from CH 2 Cy 1 and Cy 1 . In a still further aspect, R 1 is C ⁇ Cy 1 .
  • R 1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl. In a still further aspect, R 1 is C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R 1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i- propyl. In an even further aspect, R 1 is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R 1 is selected from n-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, R 1 is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R 1 is methyl. c. R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , AND R 2E GROUPS
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , - CO2H, and -COz(Cl-C4 alkyl).
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is hydrogen.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO 2 , -OH, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, /-propyl, //-butyl, /-butyl, s-butyl, /-butyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 F, -CH 2 C1, -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C1, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , -OCH 2
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 F, -CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C1, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, methyl, ethyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , and -N(CH 2 CH 3 )2.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, methyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CI, -CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -NHCH 3 , and -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , and -N(CH 3 )CH(CHCH
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2C , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CHZCH 3 , and -N(CHzCH 3 )z.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2C , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NHz, -NOz, -OH, -CHzOH, -OCH 3 , -NHCH3, and -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, / -propyl, //-butyl, /-butyl, s -butyl, /-butyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 F, -CH 2 CL -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C1, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 ,
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, /-propyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 F, -CH 2 C1, -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C1, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hy drogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CI, -CH 2 CH 2 CI, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , and -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, -CH 2 F, -CH 2 C1, -CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -NHCH 3 , and -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and -F.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and -Cl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, and /-propyl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH3)CH 2 CH 2 CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH3, -OCH 2 CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH 2 CH3, -N(CH 3 )2, -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH3, and
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -CH 2 OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -OCH3, -OCH 2 CH3, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH3, -OCH(CH 3 )2, -NHCH3, -NHCH 2 CH3, -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH3, -NHCH(CH 3 )2, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH3,
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2C , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -OCH3, -OCH 2 CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH 2 CH3, -N(CH 3 )2, -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH3, and -N(CH 2 CH 3 )2.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -NHCH3, -NHCH 2 CH3, -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH3, -NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH3)CH 2 CH3, -N(CH 2 CH3) 2 , -N(CH3)CH 2 CH 2 CH3, and -N(CH 3 )CH(CH3) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -NHCH3, -NHCH 2 CH3, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , and -N(CH 2 CH3)2.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH 2 , -NHCH3, and -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OCH3, -OCH 2 CH3, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH3, and -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OCH3, and -OCH 2 CH3.
  • each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hy drogen, -OH, and -OCH3.
  • At least one of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • at least two of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • at least three of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • At least one of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is C1-C4 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, at least two of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are C1-C4 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, at least three of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are C1-C4 alkoxy.
  • At least one of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is methoxy. In a still further aspect, at least two of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are methoxy. In yet a further aspect, at least three of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e are methoxy.
  • each of R 2b , R 2c , and R 2d is methoxy. d. R 3 GROUPS
  • R 3 when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , and Cy 1 . In a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from C1-C4 alkyl, (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , and Cy 1 . In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl. /-propyl, (CEE ⁇ Cy 1 , and Cy 1 .
  • R 3 when present, is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 and Cy 1 . In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 . In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, Cy 1
  • R 3 when present, is selected from CE ⁇ Cy 1 and Cy 1 . In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is CH 2 Cy 1 .
  • R 3 when present, is C1-C8 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is C1-C4 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /-propyl. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R 3 , when present, is selected from w-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, R 3 , when present, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R 3 , when present, is methyl. e. R 20A AND R 20B GROUPS
  • each of R 20a and R 20b when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, and /-propyl. In a still further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is hydrogen.
  • each of R 20a and R 20b when present, is independently Cl- C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is methyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n -propyl, and i- propyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.
  • R 20a when present, is hydrogen and R 20b , when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, and i- propyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.
  • R 20b when present, is hydrogen and R 20a , when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, Cl- C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, ⁇ OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is unsubstituted.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar 1 is selected from C6-aiyl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted C6-aryl.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO?, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted pyridinyl.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
  • Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar 1 is pyridinyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. g. CY 1 GROUPS
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6- membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is unsubstituted.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic ary l, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, Cl- C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is unsubstituted.
  • Cy 1 is cy clohexyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylammo.
  • Cy 1 is cyclohexyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is cyclohexyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is cyclohexyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered heterocy cloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • 6-membered heterocycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, piperazino, morpholinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholinyl, and thiomorpholino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6- membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, ⁇ OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is unsubstituted 6-membered heterocycloalkyl substituted.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is unsubstituted 6-membered monocyclic aryl.
  • a compound can be present as the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound can be present as the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
  • a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
  • a compound can be present as the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • a compound can be present as the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound can be present as the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • a compound can be selected from:
  • the compounds and compositions disclosed herein are useful for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of muscle wasting in a subject in need thereof.
  • methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered hetero
  • n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocyclo
  • a method of treating muscle wasting in a subject having cancer comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer, and wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the disclosed compounds can be used in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of muscle wasting for which disclosed compounds or the other drugs can have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone.
  • Such other dmg(s) can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and a disclosed compound is preferred.
  • the combination therapy can also include therapies in which a disclosed compound and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules.
  • the disclosed compounds and the other active ingredients can be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.
  • n is i. In a further aspect, n is 2.
  • A is -O-. In a further aspect, A is -C(O)-.
  • R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , Cy 1 , and C2-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is Cl- C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 1 is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • R 1 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 and Cy 1 .
  • R 1 is Cy 1 .
  • R 1 is CH 2 Cy 1 .
  • R 3 is selected from C2-C8 alkyl, (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 , and Cy 1 . In a further aspect, R 3 is selected from (CH 2 ) q Cy 1 and Cy 1 . In a still further aspect, R 3 is Cy 1 . In yet a further aspect, R 3 is CH 2 Cy 1 .
  • Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Cy 1 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
  • Cy 1 is an unsubstituted 6-membered monocyclic aryl.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
  • Ar 1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R 1 is selected from Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
  • each of R 2b , R 2c , and R 2d is methoxy.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: wherein each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: wherein each of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d , and R 2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure represented by a formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound has a structure selected from:
  • the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound exhibits modulation of a proteasome. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits regulation of proteasome activity. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits allosteric regulation of proteasome activity.
  • the subject is a mammal.
  • the mammal is human.
  • the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
  • the subject is at risk for developing muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
  • the method further comprises identifying a subject at risk for developing muscle wasting prior to the administering step. In a further aspect, the method further comprises identifying a subject in need of treatment of muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
  • the subject is not currently diagnosed as having cancer. In a still further aspect, the subject is not currently diagnosed as having cancer during the administering step.
  • the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer within a time period of less than five years prior, less than three years prior, less than one year prior, less than 6 months prior, less than 3 months prior, or less than 1 month prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has been diagnosed as having a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF) prior to the administering step.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • multiple sclerosis cystic fibrosis
  • cystic fibrosis cystic fibrosis
  • advanced dementia advanced dementia
  • cachexia cachexia
  • congestive heart failure CHF
  • the muscle wasting is due to a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF).
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • multiple sclerosis cystic fibrosis
  • cystic fibrosis cystic fibrosis
  • rheumatoid arthritis advanced dementia
  • cachexia cachexia
  • congestive heart failure congestive heart failure
  • the muscle wasting is due to HIV, kidney disease, COPD, or CHF.
  • the muscle wasting is due to a limb injury or immobilization.
  • the muscle wasting is due to cancer.
  • the muscle wasting is due to a cancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation).
  • the subject has cancer.
  • cancer include, but are not limited to, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, colon cancer, prostate cancer, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, breast cancer, a sarcoma, leukemia, and Hodgkin lymphoma.
  • the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer.
  • the subject has a late stage cancer (e.g. , stage III or stage IV). In a still further aspect, the subject has a stage III cancer. In yet a further aspect, the subject has a stage IV cancer.
  • the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
  • the cancer is a late stage cancer.
  • the cancer is a late stage cancer selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer.
  • the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
  • kits comprising at least one disclosed compound or composition, and one or more of: (a) an agent known to treat muscle wasting; (b) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating muscle wasting; and (c) instructions for treating muscle wasting.
  • kits comprising a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from: wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R 1 is selected from (CH 2 )qCy 1 , Cy 1 , and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR 20a R 20b , -CO 2 H, and -CO 2 (C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R 20a and R 20b , when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy 1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0,
  • kits can also include combinations of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • the informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agents for the methods described herein.
  • the informational material may relate to the use of the agents herein to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing, muscle wasting.
  • the kits can also include paraphernalia for administering the agents of this invention to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient.
  • the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g, a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein).
  • the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing, muscle wasting.
  • the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, a fragrance or other cosmetic ingredient.
  • the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients.
  • the compound and the agent are co-formulated.
  • the compound and the agent are co-packaged.
  • the kit includes the agent known to treat muscle wasting.
  • agents know n to treat muscle wasting include, but are not limited to, egestrol, somatrpoin, and serostim.
  • the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and the agent.
  • the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
  • each dose of the compound and agent are co-packaged.
  • each dose of the compound and the agent are co-formulated.
  • the muscle wasting is due to a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF).
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • multiple sclerosis cystic fibrosis
  • cystic fibrosis cystic fibrosis
  • rheumatoid arthritis advanced dementia
  • cachexia cachexia
  • congestive heart failure congestive heart failure
  • the muscle wasting is due to HIV, kidney disease, COPD, or CHF.
  • the muscle wasting is due to a limb injury or immobilization.
  • the muscle wasting is due to cancer.
  • the muscle wasting is due to a cancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation).
  • Mouse C2C12 myoblasts were purchased in American Tissue Type Collection (ATCC CRL-1772) were cultured in Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium (DMEM) supplementec with 15% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and penicillin/streptomycin, at 37°C and 5% CO2. After reaching confluence the myoblasts were differentiated into myotubes by culturing for 72 hours under low-serum conditions (2% horse serum, 0.5 microgram/ml insulin. After that, model muscle atrophy was induced by the treatment with tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFa) at 15 ng/ml for 72 hours. Vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide; DMSO) or desired compounds (Bl, C3, bortezomib) were added to the culture medium together with TNFa.
  • DMEM Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • penicillin/streptomycin penicillin/streptomycin
  • Myotubes were visualized as described in Eric J. Stevenson, et al., Journal of Applied Physiology 2005 98:4, 1396-1406. All myotubes analyzed in randomly selected microscope fields, with three diameters per tube and at least 50 myotubes analyzed per experimental point. c. Zv Vivo MOUSE MODEL
  • mice The mouse model of cancer-related muscle wasting consisten of nude mice xenografted with human cultured androgen-resistant prostate cancer PC3 cells.
  • the mice were treated intra-tumorally (IT) with the vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide; DMSO); 8 control mice) or with 10 mg/kg of compound 3.
  • Three injections per week (Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays ) were carried for three weeks.
  • mice were sacrificed and quadriceps muscle tissues were preserved by standard formalin fixing. Muscle tissue slices were stained with hematoxilin and eosin (H&E standard staining) to visualize muscle fibers and enable myofiber diameter measurements under a standard microscope.
  • Myofibers for 4 control (vehicle-treated) and 4 compound 3-treated mice were measured.
  • the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is essential for intracellular proteostasis (FIG. 1).
  • the compounds herein disclosed are indicated to be involved in the regulation of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in general and of proteasome activity in particular by shifting equilibrium of proteasome assemblies (FIG. 2).
  • the compounds herein disclosed destabilize the full 26S assembly but preserve part of its activity (“single-capped” 26S) and promote formation of mixed-assemblies specialized in stress response.
  • These small molecule modulators of the proteasome affect the protein-protein interactions in the multicomponent proteasome assembly and they guide cellular physiology to restore proteostasis.
  • the disclosed small molecule modulators are non-toxic and effectively prevent myotube/myofiber degeneration in a mouse model of cancer cachexia and in a cell culture model of TNFa (cachectin) dependent muscle wasting.
  • Competitive proteasome inhibitors that by-design would ultimately abolish all proteasome-related activity are too toxic for the treatment methods described herein.
  • at least some of the known competitive drugs, including bortezomib/Velcade® stabilize and disable the 26S proteasome, but the toxicity due to the molecular mechanism of action remains a concern. For this reason, bortezomib/Velcade was utilized as a negative control in some of the in vitro experiments described herein.
  • Proteolytic activity was monitored over time using a fluorogenic peptide substrate specific for the chymotrypsin-like active center (ChT-L, Suc-LLVY-AMC) in the presence of a concentration range of the inhibitors.
  • ChT-L chymotrypsin-like active center
  • Suc-LLVY-AMC chymotrypsin-like active center
  • hydrolysis of the substrate results in release of the highly fluorescent aminomethylcoumarin fluorophore.
  • the linear portions of the fluorescence intensity plots were used to calculate the rates of Suc-LLVY-AMC hydrolysis and an IC50 (concentration of drug at which 50% of the maximum rate inhibition occurs) is determined.
  • trimethoxy-moieties did not significantly impact the overall potency of the ester side chain and that the free aryl group (compound 9) was found to be a potent 20S proteasome inhibitor (IC50 2.6 pM).
  • the aryl moiety did seem to be important for activity, since the alkyl ester 10 or carboxylic acid 11 were found to be inactive.
  • C2C12 myotubes can be utilized to look for indications of degeneration. Comparison of cell cultures of C2C12-derived mouse myocytes of a control set and cells treated with TNFa showed the effect of these compounds on cell morphology (FIG. 3 and FIG. 4). Cells treated with only TNFa demonstrated atrophy as compared to the control. Cells treated with compound Bl or C3 showed that there was no effect on the cell morphology in the control; however, when applied alongside TNFa the compounds restored the morphogy to control-like status.
  • the surface isotropy parameter can quantify the regularity of the patterns observed in AFM. The higher the surface isotropy indicates a more regular pattern. Regularity of the cell surface patterning of myotubes drops significantly upon TNFa treatment (FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 6, The patterning remains control-like (no significant difference in surface isotropy) when compounds Bl or C3 accompany the wasting-inducing agent TNFa. c. PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES PRESERVE THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF MODEL MYOTUBES
  • the mechanism of the anti-wasting action of proteasome modulators can be probed by measuring the 26S activity in lysates and measuring the levels of autophagy- related protein 7 (ATG7) in lysates. Excessive activity of 26S holoenzyme bears prime responsibility for degradation of muscle proteins during wasting. Treatment with Bl or C3 (but not BZ) mitigates the activity (in-gel activity assay with lysate proteins separated on 6% non-denaturing polyacrylamide gels and overlayed with model proteasome substrate Suc- LLVY-MCA to visualize activity of the gel-separated proteasomes as described in Chocron, E. S., et al., Sci. Adv.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to compounds that modulate (i.e., regulate) proteasome activity, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and uses of these compounds and compositions for the treatment of muscle wasting. This abstract is intended as a scanning tool for purposes of searching in the particular art and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.

Description

USE OF PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES TO MITIGATE
MUSCLE WASTING
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
[0001] This invention was made with government support under grant number AGO 13319 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Balancing the rates of protein synthesis and protein degradation leads to the maintanace of muscle mass. When synthesis exceeds degradation the result is often an increase in the size and performance of muscle fibers. Conversely, when net balance favors protein degradation, muscle size and performance are reduced. (Graham et al. (2021 ) Am J Physiol Cell Physiol. 321(1): C40-C57). It is this imbalance in skeletal muscle protein synthesis and degradation that leads to muscle wasting. Id.
[0003] Muscle wasting, also known as muscle atrophy, can be observed in various diesases (e.g, cancer, diabetes, heart failure, chronic kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) and acute critical illnesses (e.g, bums, sepsis, trauma) (Cohen et al. (2015) Nature Reviews: Drug Discover 14: 58-74). For example, after a serious bum injury, there can be increased protein degradation that is not counterbalanced by protein synthesis, leading to systemic muscle loss and weakness (Clark et al. (2020) Journal of Burn Care & Research 41(1): 33-40). Such effects are common amongst bum patients and negatively effect the hospital course and recovery, resulting in an increased risk of infection and impaired wound healing. Id.
[0004] In some cases, muscle wasting can also be observed without any overt disease (e.g., sarcopenia) (Cohen et al. (2015) Nature Reviews: Drug Discover 14: 58-74). Sarcopenia is the age-related progressive loss of muscle mass and strength. Signs and symptoms of sarcopenia include weakness, fatigue, loss of energy, balance problems, and trouble walking and standing. For older patients, this muscle loss or weakness can lead to falls, broken bones, and other serious injuries that can effect a person's ability to care for oneself. Optimal care for people with sarcopenia is essential because the condition has high personal, social, and economic burdens when untreated (Mijnarends et al. (2018) J Nutr Health Aging 22: 766- 73).
[0005] Another form of muscle wasting is cachexia, a highly debilitating condition characterized by pronounced weight loss, muscle weakness, anemia, insulin resistance, and extreme fatigue (Morley et al. (2006) Am J Clin Nutr 83: 735-43). This disease syndrome is tightly associated with cancer and other chronic diseases such as AIDS, heart failure, and inflammatory bowel disease. In advanced cancers, >50% of patients exhibit cachectic symptoms, and remarkably ~20% of cancer-related mortalities derive from cachexia rather than direct tumor burden (Tisdale, MJ (2002) Nat Rev Cancer 2: 862-71). This wasting condition also lowers responsiveness to chemotherapy and radiotherapy, contributing to poor prognosis and a depreciating quality of life.
[0006] Although therapeutic options against these conditions are still lacking, research in the last two to three decades has made significant progress in elucidating some of the key mediators of muscle wasting. These include immune and tumor-derived cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor a (TNFa; originally termed cachectin), interleukin (IL)-l, IFNy, and IL- 6, as well as tumor-specific factors such as lipid mobilizing factor and the 24-kDa sulfated glycoprotein proteolysis-inducing factor (PIF) (Argiles et al. (2006) Cancer Treat Res 130: 199-217; Tisdale, MJ (2006) Nutr Clin Pract 21: 168-74). However, in spite of this knowledge, the heterogeneity in the expression pattern of these indicators and their potential synergistic mode of action have made the direct targeting of these factors challenging and have yielded little clinical benefit.
[0007] Another breakthrough in the field came from the realization that the majority of these cachectic factors regulate skeletal muscle wasting by reducing the rate of protein synthesis at the level of protein translation or RNA content (Rennie et al. (2004) Annu Rev Physiol 66: 799-828) and by stimulating protein catabolism predominantly through the activation of the ATP-dependent ubiquitin-proteasome pathway (Jagoe and Goldberg (2001) Curr Opin Clin Nutr Metab Care 4: 183-90; Tisdale, MJ (2005) Physiology (Bethesda) 20: 340-8). New findings also suggest that of the myofibrillar proteins implicated in mediating muscle atrophy and the wasting state, myosin heavy chain is a preferred substrate that can be inhibited at the RNA level or degraded through a ubiquitin-associated proteolytic process (Archaryya et al. (2004) J Clin Invest 114: 370-8). In addition, there has been significant progress in identifying new signaling pathways that contribute to muscle atrophy that are potentially pertinent in cancer. These include the down-regulated insulin and insulin-like growth factor pathways that lead to Akt inactivation and reversal of muscle hypertrophy, the angiotensin system that operates through the activation of caspases, the transforming growth factor-p family member myostatin, the p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase, Foxo, nuclear factor KB (NF-KB), activator protein-1, and p53 transcription factors, as well as a newly described pathway involving the dystrophin glycoprotein complex (DGC) (Stitt et al. (2004) Mol Cell 14: 395-403; Sandn et al. (2004) Cell 117: 399-412; Song et al. (2005) J Clin Invest 115: 451-8; Lee, SJ (2004) Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 20: 61-86; Cai et al. (2004) Cell 119: 285-98; Costelli et al. (2005) IntJ Oncol 26: 1663-8; Acharyya et al. (2005) Cancer Cell 8: 421-32; Schwarzkopf et al. (2006) Genes Dev 20: 3440-52). Interestingly, most, if not all, of these emerging pathways seem to mediate their effects through the activation of the ubiquitin proteasome system. Without wishing to be bound by theory, these findings reinforce that clinical efforts on treating muscle wasting should remain focused on targeting proteasome activity.
[0008] Unfortunately, nearly all proteasome agonists developed to date are competitive inhibitors that covalently bind in the catalytic subunits in the -ring of the proteasome (Groll et al. (2006) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 128: 5136-5141). While useful to treat blood cancers, such inhibitors are toxic for other applications. Thus, there remains a need for compounds that allosterically regulate the proteasome and methods of making and using same. These needs and others are met by the following disclosure.
SUMMARY
[0009] In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates to compounds useful in treating or preventing muscle wasting such as, for example, muscle wasting due to human immunodeficiency vims (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, congestive heart failure (CHF), cancer, a limb injury, and immobilization.
[0010] Thus, disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer prior to the administering step.
[0011] Also disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having a cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-; wherein R1 is selected from CH2)qCy1 , Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
[0012] Also disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound selected from:
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer, and wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
[0013] Also disclosed are kits comprising a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more selected from: (a) an agent known to treat muscle wasting; (b) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating muscle wasting; and (c) instructions for treating muscle wasting.
[0014] While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in a particular statutory' class, such as the system statutory class, this is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that each aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in any statutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or the number or type of aspects described in the specification.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0015] The accompanying figures, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several aspects and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the invention.
[0016] FIG. 1 shows a representative schematic of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway.
[0017] FIG. 2 shows a representative schematic of the modulation of the proteasome in the presence of the disclosed small molecule modulators.
[0018] FIG. 3 shows representative data illustrating the myotube morphology.
[0019] FIG. 4 shows a represntiative graphical presentation of the myotube morphology.
[0020] FIG. 5 shows representative data illustrating the cellular atomic force microscopy of the cell surface topography. [0021] FIG. 6 shows a representative graphical presentation of the cell surface isotropy.
[0022] FIG. 7 shows a representative principal component analysis of the AFM-assessed mechanical paramerts of model myotubes.
[0023] FIG. 8 shows representative data illustrating 26S activity in lysates.
[0024] FIG. 9 shows representative data illustrating the levels of autophagy related protein 7 (ATG7) in lysates.
[0025] FIG. 10 shows representative H&E stained tissues slices of quadriceps muscle in tumor-bearing mice.
[0026] FIG. 11 shows representative data illustrating the frequency analysis of diameters of myofibers from tumor-bearing mice.
[0027] FIG. 12 shows a representative crystal structure illustrating that compounds Bl and C3 modulate interactions between subunits within the a ring and connections between the a and P subunits (10A proximity, top view shown).
[0028] FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B show representative crystal structures illustrating an overlay of top poses of compound nos. Bl and C3. 10A proximity, top (FIG. 13A) and side (FIG.
13B) views with charge-colored surfaces are shown. The trimethoxyphenyl and benzyl carbamate groups are open for modifications.
[0029] Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or can be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0030] The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of the invention and the Examples included therein.
[0031] Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that they are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, example methods and materials are now described.
[0032] While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in a particular statutory' class, such as the system statutory class, this is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that each aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in any statutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or the number or type of aspects described in the specification.
[0033] Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided herein may be different from the actual publication dates, which can require independent confirmation.
A. DEFINITIONS
[0034] As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a functional group,” “an alkyl,” or “a residue” includes mixtures of two or more such functional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.
[0035] As used in the specification and in the claims, the term “comprising” can include the aspects “consisting of’ and “consisting essentially of.”
[0036] Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
[0037] As used herein, the terms “about” and “at or about” mean that the amount or value in question can be the value designated some other value approximately or about the same. It is generally understood, as used herein, that it is the nominal value indicated ±10% variation unless otherwise indicated or inferred. The term is intended to convey that similar values promote equivalent results or effects recited in the claims. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but can be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors know n to those of skill in the art. In general, an amount, size, formulation, parameter or other quantity or characteristic is “about” or “approximate” whether or not expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where “about” is used before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes the specific quantitative value itself, unless specifically stated otherwise.
[0038] References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of component X and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
[0039] A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
[0040] As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
[0041] As used herein, the terms “muscle wasting” and “muscle atrophy” mean a weakening, shrinking, and/or loss of muscle caused by disease or lack of use that decreases strength and the ability to move. For example, muscle wasting can be due to a disease (e.g., cancer, diabetes, heart failure, chronic kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) or due to acute critical illnesses (e.g., bums, sepsis, trauma). Alternatively, muscle wasting can also be observed without any overt disease (e.g., sarcopema).
[0042] As used herein, the terms “cachexia” and “muscle cachexia” refers to a type of muscle wasting due to a complex metabolic syndrome associated with underlying illness such as, for example, cancer, AIDS, and other chronic diseases. Cachexia can be further characterized by a debilitating loss in muscle mass and function, which ultimately deteriorates the patients’ quality of life and dampens therapeutic treatment efficacy.
[0043] As used herein, the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term “patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
[0044] As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In various aspects, the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., ahuman), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human. The term “subject” also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc ).
[0045] As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed. [0046] As used herein, the term “diagnosed” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein. [0047] As used herein, the terms “administering” and “administration” refer to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
[0048] As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition. For example, a ■'therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
[0049] As used herein, “dosage form” means a pharmacologically active material in a medium, carrier, vehicle, or device suitable for administration to a subject. A dosage form can comprise a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, such as a preservative, buffer, saline, or phosphate buffered saline. Dosage forms can be made using conventional pharmaceutical manufacturing and compounding techniques. Dosage forms can comprise inorganic or organic buffers (e.g., sodium or potassium salts of phosphate, carbonate, acetate, or citrate) and pH adjustment agents (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sodium or potassium hydroxide, salts of citrate or acetate, amino acids and their salts) antioxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol), surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poly oxy ethylene9-10 nonyl phenol, sodium desoxy cholate), solution and/or cryo/lyo stabilizers (e.g., sucrose, lactose, mannitol, trehalose), osmotic adjustment agents (e.g., salts or sugars), antibacterial agents (e.g., benzoic acid, phenol, gentamicin), antifoaming agents (e.g., polydimethylsilozone), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal, 2- phenoxyethanol, EDTA), polymeric stabilizers and viscosity-adjustment agents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone, poloxamer 488, carboxymethylcellulose) and co-solvents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene glycol, ethanol). A dosage form formulated for injectable use can have a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, suspended in sterile saline solution for injection together with a preservative.
[0050] As used herein, “kit” means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation.
[0051] As used herein, “instruction(s)” means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
[0052] As used herein, the terms “therapeutic agent’' include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term therefore encompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like. Examples of therapeutic agents are described in well-known literature references such as the Merck Index (14th edition), the Physicians1 Desk Reference (64th edition), and The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12th edition) , and they include, without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of a disease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function of the body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a physiological environment. For example, the term “therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists and antiarrythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; central nervous system stimulants; cough and cold preparations; decongestants; diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorption inhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants; psychostimulants; sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof (whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced); and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA) including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs, expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term "therapeutic agent" also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro- drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
[0053] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e. , without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
[0054] As used herein, the term “derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds. Exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
[0055] As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of stenle solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
[0056] As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
[0057] In defining various terms, “A1,” “A2,” “A3,” and "A4" are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
[0058] The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherw ise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl )alkyl. (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0059] The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, o-butyl, isobutyl, s- butyl, /-butyl, w-pentyl. isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms. The term alkyl group can also be a Cl alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, Cl -CIO alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.
[0060] Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example, the term “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Alternatively, the term “monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term “polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term “aminoalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups. The term “hydroxyalkyd” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alky l” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like.
[0061] This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyd moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g, an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.
[0062] The term “cycloalky l” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, -NH2, (C1-C4) alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, -NO2, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
[0063] The term “polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two or more CH2 groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula — (CH2)a — , where “a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
[0064] The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as — OA1 where A1 is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a poly ether such as — OA1 — OA2 or — OA1 — (OA2)a — OA3, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A1, A2, and A3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
[0065] The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A1A2)C=C(A3A4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
[0066] The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, /.e., C=C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbomenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldeyhyde, -NH2, (Cl- C4) alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halogen, -OH, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, ketone, azide, -NO2, silyl, sulfo-oxo, -SH, and C1-C4 thioalkyl, as described herein.
[0067] The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
[0068] The term “cycloalky nyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a ty pe of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
[0069] The term “aromatic group” as used herein refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized n electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the n clouds contain (4n+2) n electrons. A further discussion of aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference. The term “aromatic group” is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.
[0070] The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, —NEE, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.” In addition, the ary l group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carboncarbon bond. For example, biaryl can be two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
[0071] The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula — C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” or “CO” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C=O.
[0072] The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula — NAW, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is — NFE.
[0073] The term “alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula — NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
[0074] The term “dialkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula — N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, dnsopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N- ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
[0075] The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula — C(O)OH. [0076] The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula — OC(O)A1 or — C(O)OA1, where A1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaiyl group as described herein. The term “polyester” as used herein is represented by the formula — (A1O(O)C-A2-C(O)O)a — or — (A1O(O)C-A2-OC(O))a — , where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
[0077] The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A'OA2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein. The term “polyether” as used herein is represented by the formula — (A10-A20)a — , where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500. Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
[0078] The terms “halo,” “halogen,” or “halide,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0079] The terms “pseudohalide,” “pseudohalogen,” or “pseudohalo,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to functional groups that behave substantially similar to halides. Such functional groups include, by way of example, cyano, thiocyanate, azido, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.
[0080] The term “heteroalkyl,” as used herein refers to an alkyd group containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, 0, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quatemized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
[0081] The term “heteroaryl,” as used herein refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions. The heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, JV-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl. Further not limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo \d\ oxazolyl, benzo |c/| thiazolyl. quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[l,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][l,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][ 1,2, 5] oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.
[0082] The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Thus, the term is inclusive of, but not limited to, “heterocycloalkyl”, “heteroaryl”, “bicyclic heterocycle” and “polycyclic heterocycle.” Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2, 5 -oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2, 5 -thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, including 1,2,4-triazine and 1,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including 1,2, 4, 5 -tetrazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, azetidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. The term heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2- C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl. For example, a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like. Alternatively, for example, a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.
[0083] The term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclic heterocyclyl,” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- chromenyl, lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H- pyrazolo[3 ,2-b] pyri din-3 -yl.
[0084] The term “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered nng system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems. The heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted. Representative heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazohdinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuiyl.
[0085] The term “hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula — OH.
[0086] The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1C(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0087] The term “azide” or “azido” as used herein is represented by the formula — N3. [0088] The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula — NO2.
[0089] The term “nitrile” or “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula — CN or — ON.
[0090] The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula — SiA1A2A3, where A1, A2, and A3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0091] The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas — S(O)A1, — S(O)2AJ, — OSfP^A1, or — OS(O)2OA1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. Throughout this specification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S=O. The term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula — S(O)2 A 1 , where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaiyl group as described herein. The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(O)2A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
[0092] The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula — SH.
[0093] “R1,” “R2,” “R3,” “Rn,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R1 is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group. [0094] As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogen of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
[0095] The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detect on, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein. [0096] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; -(CH2)o 4R0; -(CH2)OMOR°; -0(CH2)O-4R°, - 0-(CH2)O 4C(O)OR°: -(CH2)O 4CH(0RO)2; -(CH2)O-4SR°; -(CH2)o-4Ph, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)o-40(CH2)o-iPh which may be substituted with R°; -CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; — (C' H2)o 4O(C H2)o i -pyridyl which may be substituted with R°; -NO2; -CN; -N3; -(CH2)o 4N(R°)2; -(CH2)o-4N(R°)C(0)R0; -N(R°)C(S)R°; - (CH2)O MN(R°)C(0)NR°2; -N(RO)C(S)NR°2; -(CH2)O 4N(R°)C(O)OR°; - N(R°)N(R°)C(O)R°; -N(R°)N(R0)C(0)NR0 2; -N(R°)N(R°)C(O)OR°; -(CH2)o 4C(O)R°; - C(S)R°; -(CH2)OMC(0)OR°; -(CH2)0MC(O)SR°; -(CH2)O 4C(O)OSIR°3; -(CH2)O 4OC(O)RO; -OC(0)(CH2)O 4SR-, SC(S)SR°; -(CH2)OMSC(0)R°; -(CH2)O 4C(0)NRO 2; -C(S)NRO 2; - C(S)SR°; -(CH2)O_4OC(0)NR°2; -C(O)N(OR°)R°; -C(O)C(O)R°; -C(O)CH2C(O)R°; - C(NOR°)R°; -(CH2)O 4SSRO; -(CH2)O 4S(O)2RO; -(CH2)O 4S(O)2ORO; -(CH2)O 4OS(O)2RO; - S(O)2NR°2; -(CH2)O 4S(O)R°; -N(R°)S(0)2NRO 2; -N(R°)S(O)2R°; -N(OR°)R°; - C(NH)NR°2; -P(O)2R°; -P(O)R°2; -OP(O)RO 2; -OP(O)(OR°)2; SIR°3; -(CM straight or branched alkyl ene)O-N(R°)2; or -(C 1-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)O-N(R°)2, wherein each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, Ci- 6 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
[0097] Suitable monovalent substituents on R° (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R° together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, - (CH2)O 2R*, -(haloR'), -(CH2)0 2OH, -(CH2)O 2OR', -(CH2)O 2CH(OR')2; -O(haloR'), -CN, -N3, -(CH2)O 2C(O)R*, -(CH2)O 2C(O)OH, -(CH2)O 2C(O)OR*, -(CH2)O 2SR*, -(CH2)O 2SH. -(CH2)O 2NH2, -(CH2)O 2NHR*, -(CH2)O 2NR*2, -NO2, -SIR*3, -OSIR'3, -C(O)SR' -(Ci 4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR*, or -SSR* wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from Ci^t aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R° include =0 and =S.
[0098] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: =0, =S, =NNR*2, =NNHC(O)R*, =NNHC(O)OR*, =NNHS(O)2R*, =NR*, =NOR*. -O(C(R*2))2 3O-, or -S(C(R*2))2_ _3S- wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hy drogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: -O(CR*2)2 3O-. wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hy drogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0099] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -
R', -(haloR*), -OH, -OR', -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR', -NH2, -NHR', -NR'2, or -NO2, wherein each R' is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. [00100] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include -R1', -NR12, -C(O)Rt, -C(O)OR?, -C(O)C(O)Rt, -C(O)CH2C(O)Rt, - S(O)2Rt, -S(O)2NRt2, -C(S)NR1'2, -C(NH)NR*2, or -N(Rt)S(O)2Rt; wherein each Rt is independently hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R'. taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[00101] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R' are independently halogen, - R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR*), -CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -NR*2, or -NO2, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently Ci-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[00102] The term “leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons. Examples of suitable leaving groups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limited to, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.
[00103] The terms “hydrolysable group” and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions. Examples of hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
[00104] The term “organic residue” defines a carbon containing residue, z.e., a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc. Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
[00105] A very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared. For example, a 2,4-thiazolidinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure:
Figure imgf000029_0001
regardless of whether thiazolidinedione is used to prepare the compound. In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be further modified (z.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more “substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
[00106] “Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain one or more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical. One example, of an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2- naphthyl radical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, disubstituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like. [00107] “Inorganic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon. Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together. Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals. The inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical. Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
[00108] Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.
[00109] Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers. [00110] Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
[00111] Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can be isotopically- labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 180, 170, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent.
[00112] The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. In some cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. The compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. In this connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible solvates.
[00113] The term “co-crystal” means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction. One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline lattice. In certain instances, the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lathee as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaceutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al., The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004. Examples of co-crystals include p- toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
[00114] It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an a-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
Figure imgf000032_0001
keto form enol form amide form imidic acid form
Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form. As another example, pyrazoles can exist in two tautomeric forms, Nl- unsubstituted, 3-A3 and A1 -unsubstituted, 5-A3 as shown below.
Figure imgf000032_0002
Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
[00115] It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
[00116] In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000033_0001
which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein n is typically an integer. That is, R" is understood to represent five independent substituents, Rn(a), Rn(b). Rn(c), Rn(d), Rn(e). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R"(a) is halogen, then Rn(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
[00117] Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosed herein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized using techniques generally known to those of skill in the art. For example, the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosed compounds and compositions are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Acros Organics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser’s Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd’s Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and supplemental volumes (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition); and Larock’s Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).
[00118] Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including: matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation; and the number or type of embodiments described in the specification.
[00119] Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of the invention.
[00120] It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result.
B. COMPOUNDS
[00121] In one aspect, disclosed are compounds useful in treating or preventing muscle wasting such as, for example, muscle wasting due to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, congestive heart failure (CHF), cancer, a limb injury, or immobilization. The disclosed compounds can be prepared by methods known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g, U.S. Patent Nos. 9,918,968, 10,167,259, 11,020,383, and 11,345,659.
[00122] In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of disorders associated with the proteasome, as further described herein. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit allosteric regulation of the proteasome.
[00123] It is contemplated that each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
1. STRUCTURE
[00124] In one aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -O- and -C(O)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -N02, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00125] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000036_0001
[00126] wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy \ or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In a still further aspect, when at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy and R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, then R1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In an even further aspect, each of R2b, R2c, and R2d is methoxy.
[00127] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1, provided at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy, and provided when at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy and R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, then R1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00128] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000037_0002
Figure imgf000038_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00129] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000038_0002
[00130] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000038_0003
[00131] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000038_0004
[00132] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000039_0001
[00133] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000039_0002
[00134] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000039_0003
[00135] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000039_0004
[00136] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula.
Figure imgf000039_0005
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00137] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, “NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00138] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000040_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00139] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000040_0003
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00140] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00141] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000049_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00142] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000049_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00143] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000050_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00144] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00145] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00146] In a further aspect, the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000058_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00147] In a further aspect, the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000059_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00148] In a further aspect, the compound is:
Figure imgf000059_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00149] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000060_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00150] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000060_0003
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00151] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000060_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00152] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00153] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000062_0002
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00154] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000064_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00155] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000064_0003
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00156] In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00157] In a further aspect, the compound is:
Figure imgf000068_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof [00158] In a further aspect, the compound is:
Figure imgf000068_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00159] In one aspect, n is 1 or 2. In a further aspect, n is 1. In a still further asoect, n is 2.
[00160] In one aspect, m is 1, 2, or 3. In a further aspect, m is 1 or 2. In a still further aspect, m is 2 or 3. In yet a further aspect, m is 1 or 3. In an even further aspect, m is 1. In a still further aspect, m is 2. In yet a further aspect, m is 3.
[00161] In one aspect, q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3. In a further aspect, q, when present, is 1 or 2. In a still further aspect, q, when present, is 2 or 3. In yet a further aspect, q, when present, is 1 or 3. In an even further aspect, q, when present, is 1. In a still further aspect, q, when present, is 2. In yet a further aspect, q, when present, is 3. a. A GROUPS
[00162] In one aspect, A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-. In a further aspect, A is - O-. In a still further aspect, A is -C(O)-. b. R1 GROUPS
[00163] In one aspect, R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a further aspect, R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C2-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl).
[00164] In a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, - CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In an even further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R1 is unsubstituted C1-C8 acyclic alkyl. [00165] In a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, - CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 2 or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In an even further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1 or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, - NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, - CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl).
[00166] In a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
[00167] In a further aspect, R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R1 is (CH2)qCy f In yet a further aspect, R1 is Cy1.
[00168] In a further aspect, R1 is selected from CH2Cy1 and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R1 is C^Cy1.
[00169] In a further aspect, R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl. In a still further aspect, R1 is C1-C4 acyclic alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i- propyl. In an even further aspect, R1 is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R1 is selected from n-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, R1 is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R1 is methyl. c. R2A, R2B, R2C, R2D, AND R2E GROUPS
[00170] In one aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In a still further aspect, when at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy and R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, then R1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, - CO2H, and -COz(Cl-C4 alkyl).
[00171] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is hydrogen.
[00172] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, /-propyl, //-butyl, /-butyl, s-butyl, /-butyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH(CH3)CH2F, -CH2C1, -CH2CH2CI, -CH2CH2CH2CI, -CH(CH3)CH2C1, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH(CH3)CH2F, -CH2CI, -CH2CH2CI, -CH2CH2CH2CI, -CH(CH3)CH2C1, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, methyl, ethyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CI, -CH2CH2CI, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, and -N(CH2CH3)2. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, methyl, -CH2F, -CH2CI, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00173] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2C, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CHZCH3, and -N(CHzCH3)z. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2C, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, -CN, -NHz, -NOz, -OH, -CHzOH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00174] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, / -propyl, //-butyl, /-butyl, s -butyl, /-butyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH(CH3)CH2F, -CH2CL -CH2CH2CI, -CH2CH2CH2CI, -CH(CH3)CH2C1, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, /-propyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH(CH3)CH2F, -CH2C1, -CH2CH2CI, -CH2CH2CH2CI, -CH(CH3)CH2C1, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hy drogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, ethyl, -CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CI, -CH2CH2CI, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, and -N(CH2CH3)2. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, methyl, -CH2F, -CH2C1, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00175] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and halogen. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, -Cl, and -Br. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -F, and -Cl. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and -F. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and -Cl.
[00176] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
[00177] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, and
- N(CH2CH3)2. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -CH2OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00178] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3,
- N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2C, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, and -N(CH2CH3)2. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -OH, -OCH3, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00179] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -NHCH2CH2CH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, -N(CH2CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH2CH3, and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHCH2CH3, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)CH2CH3, and -N(CH2CH3)2. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -NH2, -NHCH3, and -N(CH3)2.
[00180] In a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -OCH(CH3)2. In yet a further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OCH3, and -OCH2CH3. In an even further aspect, each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hy drogen, -OH, and -OCH3.
[00181] In a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In a still further aspect, at least two of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In yet a further aspect, at least three of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
[00182] In a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, at least two of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are C1-C4 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, at least three of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are C1-C4 alkoxy.
[00183] In a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is methoxy. In a still further aspect, at least two of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are methoxy. In yet a further aspect, at least three of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e are methoxy.
[00184] In a further aspect, each of R2b, R2c, and R2d is methoxy. d. R3 GROUPS
[00185] In one aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1. In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from C1-C4 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl. /-propyl, (CEE^Cy1, and Cy1.
[00186] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, (CH2)qCy1. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, Cy1
[00187] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from CE^Cy1 and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is CH2Cy1.
[00188] In a further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C8 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is C1-C4 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /-propyl. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R3, when present, is selected from w-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, R3, when present, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R3, when present, is methyl. e. R20A AND R20B GROUPS
[00189] In one aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, //-propyl, and /-propyl. In a still further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is hydrogen.
[00190] In a further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently Cl- C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /-propyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R20a and R20b, when present, is methyl.
[00191] In a further aspect, R20a, when present, is hydrogen and R20b, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R20a, when present, is hydrogen and R20b, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n -propyl, and i- propyl. In yet a further aspect, R20a, when present, is hydrogen and R20b, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, R20a, when present, is hydrogen and R20b, when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R20a, when present, is hydrogen and R20b, when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl.
[00192] In a further aspect, R20b, when present, is hydrogen and R20a, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R20b, when present, is hydrogen and R20a, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, and i- propyl. In yet a further aspect, R20b, when present, is hydrogen and R20a, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, R20b, when present, is hydrogen and R20a, when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R20b, when present, is hydrogen and R20a, when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl. f. AR1 GROUPS
[00193] In one aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxy alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, Cl- C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, ~OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is unsubstituted.
[00194] In a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aiyl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups.
[00195] In various aspects, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted C6-aryl.
[00196] In a further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups.
[00197] In various aspects, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO?, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is unsubstituted pyridinyl. [00198] In a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is pyridinyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methoxy groups. g. CY1 GROUPS
[00199] In one aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6- membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is unsubstituted.
[00200] In various aspects, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic ary l, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, Cl- C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is unsubstituted.
[00201] In a further aspect, Cy1 is cy clohexyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylammo. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is cyclohexyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Cy1 is cyclohexyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1- C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Cy1 is cyclohexyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
[00202] In a further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered heterocy cloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. Examples of 6-membered heterocycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, piperazino, morpholinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholinyl, and thiomorpholino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is a 6- membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, ~OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is unsubstituted 6-membered heterocycloalkyl substituted.
[00203] In a further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NHz, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Cy1 is a 6-membered monocyclic aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is unsubstituted 6-membered monocyclic aryl.
2. EXAMPLE COMPOUNDS
[00204] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
Figure imgf000080_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00205] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
Figure imgf000080_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00206] In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000080_0003
Figure imgf000081_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00207] In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000081_0002
Figure imgf000082_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00208] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
Figure imgf000082_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00209] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
Figure imgf000082_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00210] In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:
Figure imgf000083_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. PROPHETIC COMPOUND EXAMPLES
[00211] The following compound examples are prophetic, and can be prepared using the synthesis methods described herein above and other general methods as needed as would be known to one skilled in the art. It is anticipated that the prophetic compounds would be active as proteasome inhibitors, and such activity can be determined using the assay methods described herein.
[00212] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00213] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00214] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000092_0002
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00215] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000096_0002
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00216] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000100_0002
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00217] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000103_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00218] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00219] In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
C. METHODS OF TREATING MUSCLE WASTING
[00220] In various aspects, the compounds and compositions disclosed herein are useful for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of muscle wasting in a subject in need thereof. Thus, in one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00221] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000108_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer prior to the administering step.
[00222] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having a cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000108_0002
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
[00223] In one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating muscle wasting in a subject having cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound selected from:
Figure imgf000109_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer, and wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
[00224] In various aspects, the disclosed compounds can be used in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of muscle wasting for which disclosed compounds or the other drugs can have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. Such other dmg(s) can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention. When a compound of the present invention is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and a disclosed compound is preferred. However, the combination therapy can also include therapies in which a disclosed compound and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the disclosed compounds and the other active ingredients can be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.
[00225] In various aspects, n is i. In a further aspect, n is 2.
[00226] In various aspects, A is -O-. In a further aspect, A is -C(O)-.
[00227] In various aspects, R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C2-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, - NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a further aspect, R1 is Cl- C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In a still further aspect, R1 is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. [00228] In various aspects, R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1. In a further aspect, R1 is Cy1. In a still further aspect, R1 is CH2Cy1.
[00229] In various aspects, R3 is selected from C2-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1. In a further aspect, R3 is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1. In a still further aspect, R3 is Cy1. In yet a further aspect, R3 is CH2Cy1.
[00230] In various aspects, Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Cy1 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl. In a still further aspect, Cy1 is an unsubstituted 6-membered monocyclic aryl.
[00231] In various aspects, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In a further aspect, Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups. In a still further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In yet a further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino. In an even further aspect, Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
[00232] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000111_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R1 is selected from
Figure imgf000111_0002
Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is -OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In a still further aspect, when at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy and R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, then R1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl). In yet a further aspect, at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy. In an even further aspect, each of R2b, R2c, and R2d is methoxy. In a still further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000112_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00233] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000112_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00234] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000112_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00235] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000112_0004
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00236] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000113_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00237] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000113_0002
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00238] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00239] In various aspects, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000121_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00240] In various aspects, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000122_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00241] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000122_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00242] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000122_0003
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00243] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000126_0002
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00244] In various aspects, the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000130_0002
Figure imgf000131_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00245] In various aspects, the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000131_0002
Figure imgf000132_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00246] In various aspects, the compound is:
Figure imgf000132_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00247] In various aspects, the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000132_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00248] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000133_0001
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00249] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000133_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00250] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000133_0003
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00251] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000135_0002
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00252] In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000137_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
[00253] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000137_0003
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00254] In various aspects, the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000139_0002
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00255] In various aspects, the compound is:
Figure imgf000141_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00256] In various aspects, the compound is:
Figure imgf000141_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00257] In a further aspect, the compound exhibits modulation of a proteasome. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits regulation of proteasome activity. In yet a further aspect, the compound exhibits allosteric regulation of proteasome activity.
[00258] In a further aspect, the subject is a mammal. In a still further aspect, the mammal is human.
[00259] In a further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of muscle wasting prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject is at risk for developing muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
[00260] In a further aspect, the method further comprises identifying a subject at risk for developing muscle wasting prior to the administering step. In a further aspect, the method further comprises identifying a subject in need of treatment of muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
[00261] In a further aspect, the subject is not currently diagnosed as having cancer. In a still further aspect, the subject is not currently diagnosed as having cancer during the administering step.
[00262] In a further aspect, the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer within a time period of less than five years prior, less than three years prior, less than one year prior, less than 6 months prior, less than 3 months prior, or less than 1 month prior to the administering step.
[00263] In a further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed as having a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF) prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed as having a condition selected from HIV, kidney disease, COPD, or CHF prior to the administering step. [00264] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF). In a still further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to HIV, kidney disease, COPD, or CHF.
[00265] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a limb injury or immobilization.
[00266] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to cancer. In a still further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a cancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation). [00267] In a further aspect, the subject has cancer. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, colon cancer, prostate cancer, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, breast cancer, a sarcoma, leukemia, and Hodgkin lymphoma. In a further aspect, the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer.
[00268] In a further aspect, the subject has a late stage cancer (e.g. , stage III or stage IV). In a still further aspect, the subject has a stage III cancer. In yet a further aspect, the subject has a stage IV cancer.
[00269] In a further aspect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
[00270] In a further aspsect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
[00271] In a further aspect, the subject has cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step. In yet a further aspect, the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step. In an even further aspect, the subject has a late stage cancer and has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the cancer is a late stage cancer. In yet a further aspect, the cancer is a late stage cancer selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer.
[00272] In a further aspect, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
D. KITS
[00273] In various aspects, disclosed are kits comprising at least one disclosed compound or composition, and one or more of: (a) an agent known to treat muscle wasting; (b) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating muscle wasting; and (c) instructions for treating muscle wasting.
[00274] In one aspect, disclosed are kits comprising a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000144_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more selected from: (a) an agent known to treat muscle wasting; (b) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating muscle wasting; and (c) instructions for treating muscle wasting.
[00275] In various aspects, the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be provided in a kit. The kit can also include combinations of the agents and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
[00276] In various aspects, the informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agents for the methods described herein. For example, the informational material may relate to the use of the agents herein to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing, muscle wasting. The kits can also include paraphernalia for administering the agents of this invention to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient.
[00277] In various aspects, the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g, a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein). In a further aspect, the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing, muscle wasting.
[00278] In various aspects, the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, a fragrance or other cosmetic ingredient. In such aspects, the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients. [00279] In a further aspect, the compound and the agent are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the agent are co-packaged.
[00280] In a further aspect, the kit includes the agent known to treat muscle wasting. Exemplary agents know n to treat muscle wasting include, but are not limited to, egestrol, somatrpoin, and serostim.
[00281] In a further aspect, the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and the agent. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In yet a further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In an even further aspect, each dose of the compound and agent are co-packaged. In a still further aspect, each dose of the compound and the agent are co-formulated.
[00282] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF). In a still further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to HIV, kidney disease, COPD, or CHF.
[00283] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a limb injury or immobilization.
[00284] In a further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to cancer. In a still further aspect, the muscle wasting is due to a cancer treatment (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation).
E. EXAMPLES
[00285] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[00286] The Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention, and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.
1. MATERIALS AND METHODS a. ATOMIC FORCE MICROSCOPY (AFM) IMAGING
[00287] Cultured cells growing on dishes were scanned with a Catalyst Atomic Force Microscope (Bruker) mounted on a Nikon Ti inverted epifluorescent microscope. Nanomechanical parameters of cells were collected in the Quantitative Nanomechanical Mapping (PF-QNM) mode of the AFM. Before AFM imaging, optical images were recorded for each cell. SCANASYST-AIR probes were used for imaging after their spring constant was determined with the thermal tuning. Cell boundaries were located with peak force error (PFE) AFM images and further verified wi th height images. Nanomechanical parameters of cells were captured in three separate PF-QNM channels: elasticity (or stiffness - the Young’s modulus), deformation and adhesion. Analysis of these parameters was performed with NanoScope Analysis software v.1.7 (Osmulski, P.A., et al., Cancer Res . 2021 Aug 1;81(15):4110-4123). Force curves were fit to the Sneddon model. Mode values of the mechanical parameters for individual cells were calculated from the corresponding distribution histograms. The Texture Aspect Ratio, as a measure of the spatial isotropy or directionality of the surface texture was calculated from the square height images of cells after applying the first order flatten function (Roughness Analysis in NanoScope Analysis v.1.7). It shows an order of lineqar patterining detectable in cells (Efremov, Y.M., et al., Sci Rep 12, 4052 (2022). b. CELL CULTURE
[00288] Mouse C2C12 myoblasts were purchased in American Tissue Type Collection (ATCC CRL-1772) were cultured in Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium (DMEM) supplementec with 15% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and penicillin/streptomycin, at 37°C and 5% CO2. After reaching confluence the myoblasts were differentiated into myotubes by culturing for 72 hours under low-serum conditions (2% horse serum, 0.5 microgram/ml insulin. After that, model muscle atrophy was induced by the treatment with tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFa) at 15 ng/ml for 72 hours. Vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide; DMSO) or desired compounds (Bl, C3, bortezomib) were added to the culture medium together with TNFa.
[00289] Myotubes were visualized as described in Eric J. Stevenson, et al., Journal of Applied Physiology 2005 98:4, 1396-1406. All myotubes analyzed in randomly selected microscope fields, with three diameters per tube and at least 50 myotubes analyzed per experimental point. c. Zv Vivo MOUSE MODEL
[00290] The mouse model of cancer-related muscle wasting consisten of nude mice xenografted with human cultured androgen-resistant prostate cancer PC3 cells. The mice were treated intra-tumorally (IT) with the vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide; DMSO); 8 control mice) or with 10 mg/kg of compound 3. Three injections per week (Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays ) were carried for three weeks. After that, mice were sacrificed and quadriceps muscle tissues were preserved by standard formalin fixing. Muscle tissue slices were stained with hematoxilin and eosin (H&E standard staining) to visualize muscle fibers and enable myofiber diameter measurements under a standard microscope. Myofibers for 4 control (vehicle-treated) and 4 compound 3-treated mice were measured. d. EXEMPLARY PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES
[00291] The compounds shown in Table 1 below were synthesized according to the methods described in U.S. Patent Nos. 9,918,968, 10,167,259, 11,020,383, and 11,345,659, and evaluated using the methods described herein.
TABLE 1.
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
2. DEVELOPMENT OF PIPECOLIC ESTER ANALOGS AS PROTEASOME MODULATORS
[00292] The ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is essential for intracellular proteostasis (FIG. 1). The compounds herein disclosed are indicated to be involved in the regulation of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in general and of proteasome activity in particular by shifting equilibrium of proteasome assemblies (FIG. 2). The compounds herein disclosed destabilize the full 26S assembly but preserve part of its activity (“single-capped” 26S) and promote formation of mixed-assemblies specialized in stress response. These small molecule modulators of the proteasome affect the protein-protein interactions in the multicomponent proteasome assembly and they guide cellular physiology to restore proteostasis.
[00293] The disclosed small molecule modulators are non-toxic and effectively prevent myotube/myofiber degeneration in a mouse model of cancer cachexia and in a cell culture model of TNFa (cachectin) dependent muscle wasting. Competitive proteasome inhibitors that by-design would ultimately abolish all proteasome-related activity are too toxic for the treatment methods described herein. For example, at least some of the known competitive drugs, including bortezomib/Velcade®, stabilize and disable the 26S proteasome, but the toxicity due to the molecular mechanism of action remains a concern. For this reason, bortezomib/Velcade was utilized as a negative control in some of the in vitro experiments described herein.
3. EVALUATION OF 20S CHT-L ACTIVITY BY PIPECOLIC ACID DERIVATIVES
[00294] Compounds were evaluated for proteasome activity using the 20S human housekeeping proteasome. It was activated with the Rpt5 derived 10-residue peptide that contains the C -terminal HbYX (hydrophobic-Tyr-any AA) motif activating the proteasome in trans and to some extend mimic the activation by the 19S regulatory particle (Osmulski and Gaczynska (2013) Molecular pharmacology 84: 104-113; Smith et al. (2006) J. Struct. Biol. 156: 72-83; Smith et al. (2007) Mol. Cell 27: 731-744). Proteolytic activity was monitored over time using a fluorogenic peptide substrate specific for the chymotrypsin-like active center (ChT-L, Suc-LLVY-AMC) in the presence of a concentration range of the inhibitors. In this activity assay, hydrolysis of the substrate results in release of the highly fluorescent aminomethylcoumarin fluorophore. The linear portions of the fluorescence intensity plots were used to calculate the rates of Suc-LLVY-AMC hydrolysis and an IC50 (concentration of drug at which 50% of the maximum rate inhibition occurs) is determined.
[00295] Briefly, starting with the Ri-moiety, the cyclohexyl-oxoacetamide of the lead agent Bl was replaced with a benzyl carbamate to render an abridged scaffold, compound 2. The racemate compound 2 reduced the ChT-L activity of the proteasome with an IC50 of 11.5 pM, which provided a great starting point to interrogate the structural requirements for activity of this new template. Next, the enantiomer of 2 was prepared, compounds (3S) starting from the corresponding chiral pipecolic acids. Gratifyingly, compound 3 was highly effective in reducing ChT-L- proteolysis by the 20S with IC50 of 3. 1 pM. Considering the stereochemical match with rapamycin and Bl, the structure-activity relationship studies were then focused on the S-enantiomer. Replacement of the benzyl carbamate with the aliphatic mimic carbamate 4, resulted in a significant drop in activity (IC50 15.2 pM). Further reduction of size (methylcarbamate 5) completely abrogated activity. Changes in the positioning of the ester (C-2 substitution versus C-3 substitution) also resulted in a drop in activity (compound 6, IC50 14.7 pi M ) ). In addition, shortening of the R2-chain length from n=3 to n=2 (compound 7) or to one methylene unit (compound 8) also significantly reduced its activity. Fortunately, it was found that the trimethoxy-moieties did not significantly impact the overall potency of the ester side chain and that the free aryl group (compound 9) was found to be a potent 20S proteasome inhibitor (IC50 2.6 pM). The aryl moiety did seem to be important for activity, since the alkyl ester 10 or carboxylic acid 11 were found to be inactive.
TABLE 2.
R.I 0
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0002
4. EVALUATION OF 20S CT-L ACTIVITY BY PROLINE DERIVATIVES
[00296] The ring size requirements were also investigated by replacing the pipecolic acid with a proline-type motif. The proline analogues followed the same trends as the pipecolic acid derivatives. The proline derivative 12 only had modest activity, whereas the derivative 13 exhibited good potency (IC50 6.6 pM). Reduction of the R2-ester side chain length (compounds 14 and 15) also decreased activity, consistent with the trend seen with the pipecolic acids 7 and 8.
TABLE 3.
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
5. INCELLULO MOUSE CELL CULTURE MODEL OF MYOTUBE DEGENERATION a. PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES PRESERVE MYOTUBE MORPHOLOGY
[00297] The diameters of C2C12 myotubes can be utilized to look for indications of degeneration. Comparison of cell cultures of C2C12-derived mouse myocytes of a control set and cells treated with TNFa showed the effect of these compounds on cell morphology (FIG. 3 and FIG. 4). Cells treated with only TNFa demonstrated atrophy as compared to the control. Cells treated with compound Bl or C3 showed that there was no effect on the cell morphology in the control; however, when applied alongside TNFa the compounds restored the morphogy to control-like status. The anti-cancer drug and proteasome inhibitor, bortezomib (BZ), failed to protect the myotubes from the induced wasting caused by TNFa, and actually harmed the cells as compared in the control group. b. PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES PRESERVE ORGANIZATION OF CYTOSKELETON IN MODEL MYOTUBES
[00298] Cellular atomic force microscopy (AFM) of C2C12-derived mouse my ocytes was utilized to show the effect of TNFa on the cytosketon organization of the myotube surface patterns (FIG. 5). The regularity of the pattern can be assessed by roughness analysis of the AFM images. As shown in FIG. 5, cells treated with TNFa appears less regular than that of the control cells.
[00299] The surface isotropy parameter can quantify the regularity of the patterns observed in AFM. The higher the surface isotropy indicates a more regular pattern. Regularity of the cell surface patterning of myotubes drops significantly upon TNFa treatment (FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 6, The patterning remains control-like (no significant difference in surface isotropy) when compounds Bl or C3 accompany the wasting-inducing agent TNFa. c. PROTEASOME-TARGETING SMALL MOLECULES PRESERVE THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF MODEL MYOTUBES
[00300] Principal component analysis (PCA) was utilized to evaluate the AFM- assessed mechanical parameters of model myotubes in C2C12 cells treated with TNFa alone or with compounds Bl or C3. Bortezomib was utilized as a further comparison (FIG. 7). As shown in FIG. 7, the mechanical parameters of “wasted” myotubes are distinct from control parameters. Compounds Bl and C3 preserve the control-hke phenotypes (Bl especially well) (compare the diamonds (control) with squares (Bl) and triangles (C3) ovals). However, bortezomib (BZ; circles) does not protect the phenotypes from “wasting.” d. INSIGHT INTO THE MECHANISM OF ANTI-WASTING ACTION OF PROTEASOME MODULATORS
[00301] The mechanism of the anti-wasting action of proteasome modulators can be probed by measuring the 26S activity in lysates and measuring the levels of autophagy- related protein 7 (ATG7) in lysates. Excessive activity of 26S holoenzyme bears prime responsibility for degradation of muscle proteins during wasting. Treatment with Bl or C3 (but not BZ) mitigates the activity (in-gel activity assay with lysate proteins separated on 6% non-denaturing polyacrylamide gels and overlayed with model proteasome substrate Suc- LLVY-MCA to visualize activity of the gel-separated proteasomes as described in Chocron, E. S., et al., Sci. Adv. 8, eabk2252) (FIG. 8). Autophagy, alongside proteasome pathway, aggravates degeneration. Treatment with BZ upregulates autophagy in model-wasted cells, while treatment with Bl or C3 does not affect or mitigates autophagy (Western blotting) (FIG. 9) 6. IN vivo MOUSE MODEL OF CANCER CACHEXIA
[00302] Treatment with compound C3 improved myofiber morphology in quadriceps of tumor-beanng mice (mice xenografted with aggressive human prostate cancer cells) as described above in the Materials and Methods for the in vivo mouse model . The quadriceps muscle in tumor-bearing mice treated with C3 twice a weeks for three weeks was compared to control using H&E-stained tissues slices (FIG. 10). Frequency analysis of diameters of myofibers (400 myofibers each) from tumor-bearing mice (4 each of the control-vehicle and c3 (10 mg/kg)) was performed (FIG. 11). Higher values of myofiber diameters indicate better conditions of the muscle in c3 treated mice with the difference significant at p<1.47 x IO’21.
[00303] It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Other embodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method of treating muscle wasting in a subj ect in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer prior to the administering step.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein n is 1.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein n is 2.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein A is -O-.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein A is -C(O)-.
6. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is selected from (CFbjqCy1, Cy1, and C2-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl).
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl).
8. The method of claim [00227], wherein R1 is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
9. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1
10. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is Cy1.
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 is CH2Cy1.
12. The method of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R3 is selected from C2-C8 alkyl,
(CHzjqCy1, and Cy1.
13. The method of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R3 is selected from (CH2)qCy1 and Cy1.
14. The method of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R3 is Cy1.
15. The method of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R3 is CH2Cy1.
16. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
17. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein Cy1 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
18. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein Cy1 is an unsubstituted 6- membered monocyclic aryl.
19. The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
20. The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
21. The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
22. The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino.
23. The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein Ar1 is C6-aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 C1-C4 alkoxy groups.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein R1 is selected from (CEDqCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen. -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q, when present, is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl and 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkyl amino; and wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; and wherein R3, when present, is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
25. The method of claim [00232], wherein at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is - OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
26. The method of claim [00232], wherein when at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is C1-C4 alkoxy and R1 is C1-C8 acyclic alkyl, then R1 is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, -C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl).
27. The method of claim [00232], wherein at least one of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is Cl - C4 alkoxy or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
28. The method of claim [00232], wherein each of R2b, R2c, and R2d is methoxy.
29. The method of claim [00232], wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000161_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
30. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000161_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
31. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000161_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
32. The method of claim [00136], wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000162_0001
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, “Nth, ~OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. The method of claim [00137], wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000162_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. The method of claim [00138], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000162_0003
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
35. The method of claim [00138], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
36. The method of claim [00138], wherein the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000171_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
37. The method of claim [00138], wherein the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000172_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
38. The method of claim [00137], wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000172_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
39. The method of claim [00143], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000172_0003
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. The method of claim [00143], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000176_0002
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
41. The method of claim [00143], wherein the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000180_0002
Figure imgf000181_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
42. The method of claim [00143], wherein the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000181_0002
Figure imgf000182_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
43. The method of claim [00143], wherein the compound is:
Figure imgf000183_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
44. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structure:
Figure imgf000183_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000183_0003
wherein each of R2a, R2b, R2c, R2d, and R2e is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, ~OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, Cl- C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000184_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
47. The method of [00151], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000184_0002
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
48. The method of [00151], wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000186_0002
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
49. The method of claim [00150], wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000188_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000188_0003
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
51. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
52. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound is:
Figure imgf000193_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
53. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound is:
Figure imgf000193_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
54. The method of any one of claims 1 to 53, wherein the subject is a mammal.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the mammal is a human.
56. The method of any one of claims 1 to 55, wherein the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of muscle wasting prior to the administering step.
57. The method of any one of claims 1 to 56, further comprising the step of identifying a subject in need of treatment of muscle wasting.
58. The method of any one of claims 1 to 57, wherein the subject has not been diagnosed as having cancer within a time period of less than one year prior to the administering step.
59. The method of any one of claims 1 to 58, wherein the subject is not currently undergoing treatment for cancer.
60. The method of any one of claims 1 to 59, wherein the subject is not currently diagnosed as having cancer.
61. The method of any one of claims 1 to 60, wherein the subject has been diagnosed as having a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF) prior to the administering step.
62. The method of any one of claims 1 to 61, wherein the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
63. The method of any one of claims 1 to 61, wherein the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
64. The method of any one of claims 1 to 63, wherein administering is via oral administration.
65. The method of any one of claims 1 to 64, wherein the muscle wasting is due to a condition selected from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), chronic renal failure, kidney disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), multiple sclerosis, cystic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, advanced dementia, cachexia, or congestive heart failure (CHF).
66. The method of any one of claims 1 to 64, wherein the muscle wasting is due to a limb injury or immobilization.
67. A method of treating muscle wasting in a subject having a cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000194_0001
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(0)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CHzjqCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 12 months or less prior to the administering step.
69. The method of claim 67, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
70. The method of claim 67, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
71. The method of any one of claims 67 to 70, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, colon cancer, prostate cancer, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, breast cancer, a sarcoma, leukemia, and Hodgkin lymphoma.
72. The method of any one of claims 67 to 70, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer.
73. A method of treating muscle wasting in a subject having cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound selected from:
Figure imgf000196_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the cancer is selected from pancreatic cancer and gastric cancer, and wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 5% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
74. The method of claim 73, wherein the subject has experienced a weight loss of 10% or more over a time period of 6 months or less prior to the administering step.
75. A kit comprising a compound having a structure represented by a formula selected from:
Figure imgf000196_0002
wherein n is 1 or 2; wherein m is 1, 2, or 3; wherein A is selected from -0- and -C(O)-; wherein R1 is selected from (CH2)qCy1, Cy1, and C1-C8 acyclic alkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, - C(O)NR20aR20b, -CO2H, and -CO2(C1-C4 alkyl); wherein q is 1, 2, or 3; wherein each of R20a and R20b, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein Cy1 is selected from cyclohexyl, a 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and a 6-membered monocyclic aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, Cl- C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino; wherein R3 is selected from C1-C8 alkyl, (CH2)qCy1, and Cy1; and wherein Ar1 is selected from C6-aryl and pyridinyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups independently selected from halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NO2, -OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, and (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more selected from:
(a) an agent known to treat muscle wasting;
(b) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating muscle wasting; and
(c) instructions for treating muscle wasting.
76. The kit of claim 75, wherein the agent is selected from megestrol, somatrpoin, and serostim.
77. The kit of claim 75 or claim 76, wherein the compound and the agent are copackaged.
PCT/US2023/025163 2023-06-13 2023-06-13 Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting Ceased WO2024258399A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/US2023/025163 WO2024258399A1 (en) 2023-06-13 2023-06-13 Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/US2023/025163 WO2024258399A1 (en) 2023-06-13 2023-06-13 Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024258399A1 true WO2024258399A1 (en) 2024-12-19

Family

ID=93852527

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2023/025163 Ceased WO2024258399A1 (en) 2023-06-13 2023-06-13 Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024258399A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050059636A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-03-17 Sankar Chatteriee Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same
WO2013173506A2 (en) * 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of treating muscular degradation
US20160152567A1 (en) * 2013-06-14 2016-06-02 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas Sy Stem Novel allosteric inhibitors of proteasome and methods of use thereof
WO2019152527A1 (en) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-08 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Pipecolic esters for inhibition of the proteasome

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050059636A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-03-17 Sankar Chatteriee Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same
WO2013173506A2 (en) * 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of treating muscular degradation
US20160152567A1 (en) * 2013-06-14 2016-06-02 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas Sy Stem Novel allosteric inhibitors of proteasome and methods of use thereof
WO2019152527A1 (en) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-08 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Pipecolic esters for inhibition of the proteasome

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FIELITZ JENS: "Cancer cachexia—when proteasomal inhibition is not enough", JOURNAL OF CACHEXIA, SARCOPENIA AND MUSCLE DEC 2013, WILEY, vol. 7, no. 3, 1 June 2016 (2016-06-01), pages 239 - 245, XP093255315, ISSN: 2190-5991, DOI: 10.1002/jcsm.12124 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20250090526A1 (en) Methods of treating disorders associated with castor
US12545663B2 (en) Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases
EP2693881A1 (en) Substituted n-phenylpyrimidin-2-amine analogs as inhibitors of the axl kinase
US20160354399A1 (en) Substituted gemcitabine aryl amide analogs
WO2021022076A1 (en) Molecules and methods related to treatment of uncontrolled cellular proliferation
WO2017223474A1 (en) Small molecule modulators of pantothenate kinases
US20230233548A1 (en) Method for Treating Nervous System Injuries Using Boldine and Derivatives Thereof
WO2024258399A1 (en) Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting
EP3551188A1 (en) Substituted quinazoline sulfonamides as thioredoxin interacting protein (txnip) inhibitors
US20240423968A1 (en) Use of proteasome-targeting small molecules to mitigate muscle wasting
EP3746440B1 (en) Pipecolic esters for inhibition of the proteasome
US12552760B2 (en) Compounds for increasing the nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide in a subject and methods of use thereof
JP2023504468A (en) Novel Adamantane Derivatives as Focal Adhesion Kinase Inhibitors
WO2023133221A2 (en) Smarca2/4 inhibition as a strategy to treat tumors that harbor aberrant baf assemblies
EP4444701A1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor modulating compounds
WO2018111805A1 (en) Tetrahydroquinoline-based bromodomain inhibitors
CA3086711C (en) Use of arylpiperazine-1-carboxamide derivatives in the treatment of coenzyme a-mediated disorders
WO2025240390A1 (en) Mary1 and derivatives thereof for the treatment of mitochondrial dysfunction, vascular injury, kidney diseases, and organ aging
RU2797123C2 (en) Low-molecular modulators of pantothenakinases
WO2024192144A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrimidines as antidotes for arsenicals
WO2024216003A1 (en) Compositions and uses thereof for treating diseases or disorders associated with gas5 lncrna signaling dysfunction
WO2023244691A1 (en) Compositions, and methods for inhibiting dcn1-ubc12 interaction
AU2023208727A1 (en) Synthesis of boron-containing amidoxime reagents and their application to synthesize functionalized oxadiazole and quinazolinone derivatives
WO2026097023A1 (en) A synthetic gene regulator t autoimmune regulator
WO2025199151A1 (en) Small molecule cereblon binders that induce the degradation of proteins (kdm4b, vcl) relevant to cancer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23941795

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE